The LORD answered Moses, “See, I have made you like God to Pharaoh, and your brother Aaron will be your prophet.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     The LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         The LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     answered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         answered 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses , 
    
 
        
            רְאֵ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאֵ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’êh
                
                
                     “ See , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’êh
         “ See , 
    
 
        
            נְתַתִּ֥יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְתַתִּ֥יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ṯat·tî·ḵā
                
                
                     I have made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ṯat·tî·ḵā
         I have made 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     you like God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         you like God 
    
 
        
            לְפַרְעֹ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְפַרְעֹ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·p̄ar·‘ōh
                
                
                     to Pharaoh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·p̄ar·‘ōh
         to Pharaoh , 
    
 
        
            אָחִ֖יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחִ֖יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
                
                
                     and your brother 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brother <BR> 1a) brother of same parents <BR> 1b) half-brother (same father)<BR> 1c) relative, kinship, same tribe <BR> 1d) each to the other (reciprocal relationship) <BR> 1e) (fig.) of resemblance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
         and your brother 
    
 
        
            וְאַהֲרֹ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַהֲרֹ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         will be 
    
 
        
            נְבִיאֶֽךָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבִיאֶֽךָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇî·’e·ḵā
                
                
                     your prophet . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5030 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spokesman, speaker, prophet <BR> 1a) prophet <BR> 1b) false prophet <BR> 1c) heathen prophet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇî·’e·ḵā
         your prophet . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are to speak all that I command you, and your brother Aaron is to tell Pharaoh to let the Israelites go out of his land.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְדַבֵּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדַבֵּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     is to tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏab·bêr
         is to tell 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         - 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     to let the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         to let the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְשִׁלַּ֥ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁלַּ֥ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šil·laḥ
                
                
                     go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šil·laḥ
         go 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מֵאַרְצֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאַרְצֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’ar·ṣōw
                
                
                     out of his land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’ar·ṣōw
         out of his land . 
    
 
        
            אַתָּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתָּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tāh
                
                
                     You 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tāh
         You 
    
 
        
            תְדַבֵּ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְדַבֵּ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯə·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     are to speak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯə·ḏab·bêr
         are to speak 
    
 
        
            אֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲצַוֶּ֑ךָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲצַוֶּ֑ךָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ṣaw·we·kā
                
                
                     I command you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - first person common singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ṣaw·we·kā
         I command you , 
    
 
        
            אָחִ֙יךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחִ֙יךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
                
                
                     and your brother 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brother <BR> 1a) brother of same parents <BR> 1b) half-brother (same father)<BR> 1c) relative, kinship, same tribe <BR> 1d) each to the other (reciprocal relationship) <BR> 1e) (fig.) of resemblance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥî·ḵā
         and your brother 
    
 
        
            וְאַהֲרֹ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַהֲרֹ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But I will harden Pharaoh’s heart, and though I will multiply My signs and wonders in the land of Egypt,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַאֲנִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲנִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·nî
                
                
                     But I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·nî
         But I 
    
 
        
            אַקְשֶׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַקְשֶׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aq·šeh
                
                
                     will harden 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7185 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be hard, be severe, be fierce, be harsh <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be hard, be difficult <BR> 1a2) to be hard, be severe <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be ill-treated <BR> 1b2) to be hard pressed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to have severe labour (of women) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to make difficult, make difficulty <BR> 1d2) to make severe, make burdensome <BR> 1d3) to make hard, make stiff, make stubborn <BR> 1d3a) of obstinacy (fig) <BR> 1d4) to show stubbornness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aq·šeh
         will harden 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh’s 
    
 
        
            לֵ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḇ
                
                
                     heart , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḇ
         heart , 
    
 
        
            וְהִרְבֵּיתִ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִרְבֵּיתִ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hir·bê·ṯî
                
                
                     and though I will multiply 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7235 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) be or become great, be or become many, be or become much, be or become numerous <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become many, become numerous, multiply (of people, animals, things) <BR> 1a2) to be or grow great <BR> 1b) (Piel) to make large, enlarge, increase, become many <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make much, make many, have many <BR> 1c1a) to multiply, increase <BR> 1c1b) to make much to do, do much in respect of, transgress greatly <BR> 1c1c) to increase greatly or exceedingly <BR> 1c2) to make great, enlarge, do much <BR> 2) (Qal) to shoot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hir·bê·ṯî
         and though I will multiply 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֹתֹתַ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתֹתַ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯō·ṯay
                
                
                     My signs 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        226 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign, signal <BR> 1a) a distinguishing mark <BR> 1b) banner <BR> 1c) remembrance <BR> 1d) miraculous sign <BR> 1e) omen <BR> 1f) warning <BR> 2) token, ensign, standard, miracle, proof 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯō·ṯay
         My signs 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מוֹפְתַ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹפְתַ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·wp̄·ṯay
                
                
                     and wonders 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wonder, sign, miracle, portent <BR> 1a) wonder (as a special display of God's power) <BR> 1b) sign, token (of future event) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·wp̄·ṯay
         and wonders 
    
 
        
            בְּאֶ֥רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאֶ֥רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’e·reṣ
                
                
                     in the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’e·reṣ
         in the land 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         of Egypt , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Pharaoh will not listen to you. Then I will lay My hand on Egypt, and by mighty acts of judgment I will bring the divisions of My people the Israelites out of the land of Egypt.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            וְלֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         will not 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁמַ֤ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁמַ֤ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·ma‘
                
                
                     listen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8085 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to hear, listen to, obey <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to hear (perceive by ear) <BR> 1a2) to hear of or concerning <BR> 1a3) to hear (have power to hear) <BR> 1a4) to hear with attention or interest, listen to <BR> 1a5) to understand (language) <BR> 1a6) to hear (of judicial cases) <BR> 1a7) to listen, give heed <BR> 1a7a) to consent, agree <BR> 1a7b) to grant request <BR> 1a8) to listen to, yield to <BR> 1a9) to obey, be obedient <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be heard (of voice or sound) <BR> 1b2) to be heard of <BR> 1b3) to be regarded, be obeyed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to hear, call to hear, summon <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to hear, tell, proclaim, utter a sound <BR> 1d2) to sound aloud (musical term) <BR> 1d3) to make proclamation, summon <BR> 1d4) to cause to be heard <BR> n m <BR> 2) sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·ma‘
         listen 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵכֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵכֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·ḵem
                
                
                     to you . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·ḵem
         to you . 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tî
                
                
                     Then I will lay 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tî
         Then I will lay 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יָדִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏî
                
                
                     My hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏî
         My hand 
    
 
        
            בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     on Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·miṣ·rā·yim
         on Egypt , 
    
 
        
            גְּדֹלִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּדֹלִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḏō·lîm
                
                
                     and by mighty 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḏō·lîm
         and by mighty 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׁפָטִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׁפָטִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biš·p̄ā·ṭîm
                
                
                     acts of judgment 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, act of judgment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biš·p̄ā·ṭîm
         acts of judgment 
    
 
        
            וְהוֹצֵאתִ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהוֹצֵאתִ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hō·w·ṣê·ṯî
                
                
                     I will bring 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hō·w·ṣê·ṯî
         I will bring 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            צִבְאֹתַ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִבְאֹתַ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯay
                
                
                     the divisions 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯay
         the divisions 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עַמִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mî
                
                
                     of My people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mî
         of My people 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מֵאֶ֣רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֶ֣רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’e·reṣ
                
                
                     out of the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’e·reṣ
         out of the land 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the Egyptians will know that I am the LORD, when I stretch out My hand against Egypt and bring the Israelites out from among them.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     And the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         And the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            וְיָדְע֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָדְע֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḏə·‘ū
         will know 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD , 
    
 
        
            בִּנְטֹתִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּנְטֹתִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bin·ṭō·ṯî
                
                
                     when I stretch out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bin·ṭō·ṯî
         when I stretch out 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יָדִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏî
                
                
                     My hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏî
         My hand 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         against 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         Egypt 
    
 
        
            וְהוֹצֵאתִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהוֹצֵאתִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hō·w·ṣê·ṯî
                
                
                     and bring 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hō·w·ṣê·ṯî
         and bring 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִתּוֹכָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתּוֹכָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mit·tō·w·ḵām
                
                
                     out from among them . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mit·tō·w·ḵām
         out from among them . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Moses and Aaron did just as the LORD had commanded them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     So Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         So Moses 
    
 
        
            וְאַהֲרֹ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַהֲרֹ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     and Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’a·hă·rōn
         and Aaron 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֥עַשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֥עַשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘aś
                
                
                     did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘aś
         did 
    
 
        
            כֵּ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵּ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kên
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kên
         
    
 
        
            עָשֽׂוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשֽׂוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śū
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śū
         
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wāh
                
                
                     had commanded them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wāh
         had commanded them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Moses was eighty years old and Aaron was eighty-three when they spoke to Pharaoh.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמֹשֶׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמֹשֶׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            שְׁמֹנִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמֹנִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mō·nîm
                
                
                     was eighty 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8084 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eighty, fourscore <BR> 1a) eighty (as cardinal number) <BR> 1b) eightieth (as ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mō·nîm
         was eighty 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     years old 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         years old 
    
 
        
            שָׁנָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְאַֽהֲרֹ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַֽהֲרֹ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     and Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’a·hă·rōn
         and Aaron 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שָׁלֹ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלֹ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lōš
                
                
                     was eighty-three 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lōš
         was eighty-three 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁמֹנִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁמֹנִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·mō·nîm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8084 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eighty, fourscore <BR> 1a) eighty (as cardinal number) <BR> 1b) eightieth (as ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·mō·nîm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שָׁנָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּדַבְּרָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּדַבְּרָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḏab·bə·rām
                
                
                     when they spoke 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḏab·bə·rām
         when they spoke 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹֽה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹֽה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The LORD said to Moses and Aaron,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     The LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         The LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            וְאֶֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     and Aaron , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         and Aaron , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “When Pharaoh tells you, ‘Perform a miracle,’ you are to say to Aaron, ‘Take your staff and throw it down before Pharaoh,’ and it will become a serpent.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     “ When 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         “ When 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            יְדַבֵּ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדַבֵּ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     tells you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏab·bêr
         tells you , 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵכֶ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵכֶ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·ḵem
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·ḵem
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         
    
 
        
            תְּנ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּנ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·nū
                
                
                     ‘ Perform 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·nū
         ‘ Perform 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         
    
 
        
            מוֹפֵ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹפֵ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·p̄êṯ
                
                
                     a miracle , ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wonder, sign, miracle, portent <BR> 1a) wonder (as a special display of God's power) <BR> 1b) sign, token (of future event) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·p̄êṯ
         a miracle , ’ 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar·tā
                
                
                     you are to say 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar·tā
         you are to say 
    
 
        
            אֶֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     to Aaron , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         to Aaron , 
    
 
        
            קַ֧ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַ֧ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qaḥ
                
                
                     ‘ Take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qaḥ
         ‘ Take 
    
 
        
            אֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מַטְּךָ֛ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטְּךָ֛ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭə·ḵā
                
                
                     your staff 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭə·ḵā
         your staff 
    
 
        
            וְהַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·haš·lêḵ
                
                
                     and throw it down 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7993 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to throw, cast, hurl, fling <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to throw, cast, throw away, cast off, shed, cast down <BR> 1a2) to cast (lots) (fig) <BR> 1b) (Hophal) <BR> 1b1) to be thrown, be cast <BR> 1b2) to be cast forth or out <BR> 1b3) to be cast down <BR> 1b4) to be cast (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·haš·lêḵ
         and throw it down 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê-
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê-
         before 
    
 
        
            פַרְעֹ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְעֹ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh , ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·‘ōh
         Pharaoh , ’ 
    
 
        
            יְהִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hî
                
                
                     [and] it {will} become 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect Jussive - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hî
         [and] it {will} become 
    
 
        
            לְתַנִּֽין׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְתַנִּֽין׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṯan·nîn
                
                
                     a serpent . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8577 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dragon, serpent, sea monster <BR> 1a) dragon or dinosaur <BR> 1b) sea or river monster <BR> 1c) serpent, venomous snake 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṯan·nîn
         a serpent . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Moses and Aaron went to Pharaoh and did just as the LORD had commanded. Aaron threw his staff down before Pharaoh and his officials, and it became a serpent.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     So Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         So Moses 
    
 
        
            וְאַהֲרֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַהֲרֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     and Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’a·hă·rōn
         and Aaron 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō
                
                
                     went 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō
         went 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֣עַשׂוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֣עַשׂוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·ʿa·śū
                
                
                     and did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·ʿa·śū
         and did 
    
 
        
            כֵ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wāh
                
                
                     had commanded . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wāh
         had commanded . 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיַּשְׁלֵ֨ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּשְׁלֵ֨ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaš·lêḵ
                
                
                     threw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7993 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to throw, cast, hurl, fling <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to throw, cast, throw away, cast off, shed, cast down <BR> 1a2) to cast (lots) (fig) <BR> 1b) (Hophal) <BR> 1b1) to be thrown, be cast <BR> 1b2) to be cast forth or out <BR> 1b3) to be cast down <BR> 1b4) to be cast (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaš·lêḵ
         threw 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֗הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֗הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭê·hū
                
                
                     his staff {down} 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭê·hū
         his staff {down} 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            פַרְעֹ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְעֹ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·‘ōh
         Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            וְלִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lip̄·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lip̄·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֲבָדָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבָדָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇā·ḏāw
                
                
                     and his officials , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇā·ḏāw
         and his officials , 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     and it became 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         and it became 
    
 
        
            לְתַנִּֽין׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְתַנִּֽין׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṯan·nîn
                
                
                     a serpent . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8577 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dragon, serpent, sea monster <BR> 1a) dragon or dinosaur <BR> 1b) sea or river monster <BR> 1c) serpent, venomous snake 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṯan·nîn
         a serpent . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But Pharaoh called the wise men and sorcerers and magicians of Egypt, and they also did the same things by their magic arts.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     But Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         But Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            גַּם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gam-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) also, even, indeed, moreover, yea <BR> 1a) also, moreover (giving emphasis) <BR> 1b) neither, neither...nor (with negative) <BR> 1c) even (for stress) <BR> 1d) indeed, yea (introducing climax) <BR> 1e) also (of correspondence or retribution) <BR> 1f) but, yet, though (adversative) <BR> 1g) even, yea, yea though (with 'when' in hypothetical case) <BR> 2) (TWOT) again, alike 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gam-
         
    
 
        
            וַיִּקְרָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקְרָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·rā
                
                
                     called 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·rā
         called 
    
 
        
            לַֽחֲכָמִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽחֲכָמִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·ḥă·ḵā·mîm
                
                
                     the wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2450 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise, wise (man) <BR> 1a) skilful (in technical work) <BR> 1b) wise (in administration)<BR> 1c) shrewd, crafty, cunning, wily, subtle <BR> 1d) learned, shrewd (class of men) <BR> 1e) prudent <BR> 1f) wise (ethically and religiously) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·ḥă·ḵā·mîm
         the wise men 
    
 
        
            וְלַֽמְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלַֽמְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lam·ḵaš·šə·p̄îm
                
                
                     and sorcerers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l, Article | Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Piel) to practice witchcraft or sorcery, use witchcraft <BR> 1a) sorcerer, sorceress (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lam·ḵaš·šə·p̄îm
         and sorcerers 
    
 
        
            חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥar·ṭum·mê
                
                
                     and magicians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2748 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) diviner, magician, astrologer <BR> 1a) engraver, writer (only in derivative sense of one possessed of occult knowledge) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥar·ṭum·mê
         and magicians 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֛יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֛יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt , 
    
 
        
            הֵ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hêm
                
                
                     and they 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hêm
         and they 
    
 
        
            גַם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡam-
                
                
                     also 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) also, even, indeed, moreover, yea <BR> 1a) also, moreover (giving emphasis) <BR> 1b) neither, neither...nor (with negative) <BR> 1c) even (for stress) <BR> 1d) indeed, yea (introducing climax) <BR> 1e) also (of correspondence or retribution) <BR> 1f) but, yet, though (adversative) <BR> 1g) even, yea, yea though (with 'when' in hypothetical case) <BR> 2) (TWOT) again, alike 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡam-
         also 
    
 
        
            וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּֽעֲשׂ֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·śū
                
                
                     did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·śū
         did 
    
 
        
            כֵּֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵּֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kên
                
                
                     the same things 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kên
         the same things 
    
 
        
            בְּלַהֲטֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּלַהֲטֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·la·hă·ṭê·hem
                
                
                     by their magic arts . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3814 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secrecy, mystery <BR> 1a) secrecy, secretly <BR> 1b) mystery, enchantment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·la·hă·ṭê·hem
         by their magic arts . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Each one threw down his staff, and it became a serpent. But Aaron’s staff swallowed up the other staffs.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אִ֣ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִ֣ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš
                
                
                     Each 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš
         Each 
    
 
        
            וַיַּשְׁלִ֙יכוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּשְׁלִ֙יכוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaš·lî·ḵū
                
                
                     one threw down 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7993 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to throw, cast, hurl, fling <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to throw, cast, throw away, cast off, shed, cast down <BR> 1a2) to cast (lots) (fig) <BR> 1b) (Hophal) <BR> 1b1) to be thrown, be cast <BR> 1b2) to be cast forth or out <BR> 1b3) to be cast down <BR> 1b4) to be cast (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaš·lî·ḵū
         one threw down 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֔הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֔הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭê·hū
                
                
                     his staff , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭê·hū
         his staff , 
    
 
        
            וַיִּהְי֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּהְי֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yih·yū
                
                
                     and it became 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yih·yū
         and it became 
    
 
        
            לְתַנִּינִ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְתַנִּינִ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṯan·nî·nim
                
                
                     a serpent . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8577 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dragon, serpent, sea monster <BR> 1a) dragon or dinosaur <BR> 1b) sea or river monster <BR> 1c) serpent, venomous snake 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṯan·nî·nim
         a serpent . 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     But Aaron’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         But Aaron’s 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh-
                
                
                     staff 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh-
         staff 
    
 
        
            וַיִּבְלַ֥ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּבְלַ֥ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiḇ·la‘
                
                
                     swallowed up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1104 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to swallow down, swallow up, engulf, eat up <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to swallow down <BR> 1a2) to swallow up, engulf <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be swallowed up <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to swallow <BR> 1c2) to swallow up, engulf <BR> 1c3) squandering (fig.) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be swallowed up <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to be ended 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiḇ·la‘
         swallowed up 
    
 
        
            מַטֹּתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֹּתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭō·ṯām
                
                
                     [the other] staffs . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭō·ṯām
         [the other] staffs . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Still, Pharaoh’s heart was hardened, and he would not listen to them, just as the LORD had said.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Still, Pharaoh’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Still, Pharaoh’s 
    
 
        
            לֵ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḇ
                
                
                     heart 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḇ
         heart 
    
 
        
            וַיֶּחֱזַק֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֶּחֱזַק֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ye·ḥĕ·zaq
                
                
                     was hardened , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2388 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strengthen, prevail, harden, be strong, become strong, be courageous, be firm, grow firm, be resolute, be sore <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be strong, grow strong <BR> 1a1a) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1a1b) to be firm, be caught fast, be secure <BR> 1a1c) to press, be urgent <BR> 1a1d) to grow stout, grow rigid, grow hard (bad sense) <BR> 1a1e) to be severe, be grievous <BR> 1a2) to strengthen <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make strong <BR> 1b2) to restore to strength, give strength <BR> 1b3) to strengthen, sustain, encourage <BR> 1b4) to make strong, make bold, encourage <BR> 1b5) to make firm <BR> 1b6) to make rigid, make hard <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, strengthen <BR> 1c2) to make firm <BR> 1c3) to display strength <BR> 1c4) to make severe <BR> 1c5) to support <BR> 1c6) to repair <BR> 1c7) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1c8) to have or take or keep hold of, retain, hold up, sustain, support <BR> 1c9) to hold, contain <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to strengthen oneself <BR> 1d2) to put forth strength, use one's strength <BR> 1d3) to withstand <BR> 1d4) to hold strongly with 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ye·ḥĕ·zaq
         was hardened , 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     and he would not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         and he would not 
    
 
        
            שָׁמַ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁמַ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·ma‘
                
                
                     listen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8085 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to hear, listen to, obey <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to hear (perceive by ear) <BR> 1a2) to hear of or concerning <BR> 1a3) to hear (have power to hear) <BR> 1a4) to hear with attention or interest, listen to <BR> 1a5) to understand (language) <BR> 1a6) to hear (of judicial cases) <BR> 1a7) to listen, give heed <BR> 1a7a) to consent, agree <BR> 1a7b) to grant request <BR> 1a8) to listen to, yield to <BR> 1a9) to obey, be obedient <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be heard (of voice or sound) <BR> 1b2) to be heard of <BR> 1b3) to be regarded, be obeyed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to hear, call to hear, summon <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to hear, tell, proclaim, utter a sound <BR> 1d2) to sound aloud (musical term) <BR> 1d3) to make proclamation, summon <BR> 1d4) to cause to be heard <BR> n m <BR> 2) sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·ma‘
         listen 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     to them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         to them , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            דִּבֶּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבֶּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·ber
                
                
                     had said . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·ber
         had said . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the LORD said to Moses, “Pharaoh’s heart is unyielding; he refuses to let the people go.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Then the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Then the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses , 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     “ Pharaoh’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         “ Pharaoh’s 
    
 
        
            לֵ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḇ
                
                
                     heart 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḇ
         heart 
    
 
        
            כָּבֵ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּבֵ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     [is] unyielding ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3515 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heavy, great <BR> 1a) heavy <BR> 1b) massive, abundant, numerous<BR> 1c) heavy, dull <BR> 1d) hard, difficult, burdensome <BR> 1e) very oppressive, numerous, rich 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·ḇêḏ
         [is] unyielding ; 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’ên
                
                
                     he refuses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Piel) to refuse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’ên
         he refuses 
    
 
        
            הָעָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     to let the people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         to let the people 
    
 
        
            לְשַׁלַּ֥ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשַׁלַּ֥ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šal·laḥ
                
                
                     go . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šal·laḥ
         go . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Go to Pharaoh in the morning as you see him walking out to the water. Wait on the bank of the Nile to meet him, and take in your hand the staff that was changed into a snake.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לֵ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḵ
                
                
                     Go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḵ
         Go 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֞ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֞ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            בַּבֹּ֗קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּבֹּ֗קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bab·bō·qer
                
                
                     in the morning 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bab·bō·qer
         in the morning 
    
 
        
            הִנֵּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     as you see him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         as you see him 
    
 
        
            יֹצֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹצֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·ṣê
                
                
                     walking out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·ṣê
         walking out 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֔יְמָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֔יְמָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·may·māh
                
                
                     to the water . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·may·māh
         to the water . 
    
 
        
            וְנִצַּבְתָּ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִצַּבְתָּ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·niṣ·ṣaḇ·tā
                
                
                     Wait 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, take one's stand, stand upright, be set (over), establish <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to station oneself, take one's stand <BR> 1a2) to stand, be stationed <BR> 1a3) to stand, take an upright position <BR> 1a4) to be stationed, be appointed <BR> 1a5) deputy, prefect, appointed, deputed (subst) <BR> 1a6) to stand firm <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to set up, erect <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand erect <BR> 1b4) to fix, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be fixed, be determined, be stationary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·niṣ·ṣaḇ·tā
         Wait 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            שְׂפַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׂפַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śə·p̄aṯ
                
                
                     the bank 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8193 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lip, language, speech, shore, bank, brink, brim, side, edge, border, binding <BR> 1a) lip (as body part) <BR> 1b) language <BR> 1c) edge, shore, bank (of cup, sea, river, etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śə·p̄aṯ
         the bank 
    
 
        
            הַיְאֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְאֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·’ōr
                
                
                     of the Nile 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·’ōr
         of the Nile 
    
 
        
            לִקְרָאת֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִקְרָאת֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liq·rā·ṯōw
                
                
                     to meet him , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to encounter, befall, meet<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to meet, encounter <BR> 1a2) to befall (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to meet, meet unexpectedly <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to meet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liq·rā·ṯōw
         to meet him , 
    
 
        
            תִּקַּ֥ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּקַּ֥ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiq·qaḥ
                
                
                     and take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiq·qaḥ
         and take 
    
 
        
            בְּיָדֶֽךָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָדֶֽךָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yā·ḏe·ḵā
                
                
                     in your hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yā·ḏe·ḵā
         in your hand 
    
 
        
            וְהַמַּטֶּ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַמַּטֶּ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ham·maṭ·ṭeh
                
                
                     the staff 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ham·maṭ·ṭeh
         the staff 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         that 
    
 
        
            נֶהְפַּ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶהְפַּ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    neh·paḵ
                
                
                     was changed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2015 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn, overthrow, overturn <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to overturn, overthrow <BR> 1a2) to turn, turn about, turn over, turn around <BR> 1a3) to change, transform <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to turn oneself, turn, turn back <BR> 1b2) to change oneself <BR> 1b3) to be perverse <BR> 1b4) to be turned, be turned over, be changed, be turned against <BR> 1b5) to be reversed <BR> 1b6) to be overturned, be overthrown <BR> 1b7) to be upturned <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to transform oneself <BR> 1c2) to turn this way and that, turn every way <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to turn on someone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        neh·paḵ
         was changed 
    
 
        
            לְנָחָ֖שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְנָחָ֖שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·nā·ḥāš
                
                
                     into a snake . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) serpent, snake <BR> 1a) serpent <BR> 1b) image (of serpent) <BR> 1c) fleeing serpent (mythological) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·nā·ḥāš
         into a snake . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then say to him, ‘The LORD, the God of the Hebrews, has sent me to tell you: Let My people go, so that they may worship Me in the wilderness. But until now you have not listened.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar·tā
                
                
                     Then say 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar·tā
         Then say 
    
 
        
            אֵלָ֗יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָ֗יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāw
                
                
                     to him , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāw
         to him , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֞ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֞ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     ‘ The LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         ‘ The LORD , 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê
                
                
                     the God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê
         the God 
    
 
        
            הָעִבְרִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעִבְרִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘iḇ·rîm
                
                
                     of the Hebrews , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hebrew = |one from beyond| <BR> n pr <BR> 1) a designation of the patriarchs and the Israelites<BR> adj <BR> 2) a designation of the patriarchs and the Israelites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘iḇ·rîm
         of the Hebrews , 
    
 
        
            שְׁלָחַ֤נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלָחַ֤נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lā·ḥa·nî
                
                
                     has sent me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lā·ḥa·nî
         has sent me 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     to tell you : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         to tell you : 
    
 
        
            עַמִּ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמִּ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mî
                
                
                     Let My people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mî
         Let My people 
    
 
        
            שַׁלַּח֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלַּח֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·laḥ
                
                
                     go , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·laḥ
         go , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְיַֽעַבְדֻ֖נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיַֽעַבְדֻ֖נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ya·‘aḇ·ḏu·nî
                
                
                     so that they may worship Me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to work, serve <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to labour, work, do work <BR> 1a2) to work for another, serve another by labour <BR> 1a3) to serve as subjects <BR> 1a4) to serve (God) <BR> 1a5) to serve (with Levitical service) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be worked, be tilled (of land) <BR> 1b2) to make oneself a servant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be worked <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to compel to labour or work, cause to labour, cause to serve <BR> 1d2) to cause to serve as subjects <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be led or enticed to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ya·‘aḇ·ḏu·nî
         so that they may worship Me 
    
 
        
            בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·miḏ·bār
                
                
                     in the wilderness . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4057 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wilderness <BR> 1a) pasture <BR> 1b) uninhabited land, wilderness<BR> 1c) large tracts of wilderness (around cities) <BR> 1d) wilderness (fig.) <BR> 2) mouth <BR> 2a) mouth (as organ of speech) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·miḏ·bār
         in the wilderness . 
    
 
        
            וְהִנֵּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנֵּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nêh
                
                
                     But 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nêh
         But 
    
 
        
            לֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     you have not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         you have not 
    
 
        
            שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·ma‘·tā
                
                
                     listened 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8085 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to hear, listen to, obey <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to hear (perceive by ear) <BR> 1a2) to hear of or concerning <BR> 1a3) to hear (have power to hear) <BR> 1a4) to hear with attention or interest, listen to <BR> 1a5) to understand (language) <BR> 1a6) to hear (of judicial cases) <BR> 1a7) to listen, give heed <BR> 1a7a) to consent, agree <BR> 1a7b) to grant request <BR> 1a8) to listen to, yield to <BR> 1a9) to obey, be obedient <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be heard (of voice or sound) <BR> 1b2) to be heard of <BR> 1b3) to be regarded, be obeyed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to hear, call to hear, summon <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to hear, tell, proclaim, utter a sound <BR> 1d2) to sound aloud (musical term) <BR> 1d3) to make proclamation, summon <BR> 1d4) to cause to be heard <BR> n m <BR> 2) sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·ma‘·tā
         listened 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         until 
    
 
        
            כֹּֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     now . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         now . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what the LORD says: By this you will know that I am the LORD. Behold, with the staff in my hand I will strike the water of the Nile, and it will turn to blood.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כֹּ֚ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֚ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     This is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         This is what 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            בְּזֹ֣את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּזֹ֣את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·zōṯ
                
                
                     By this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·zōṯ
         By this 
    
 
        
            תֵּדַ֔ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵּדַ֔ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tê·ḏa‘
                
                
                     you will know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tê·ḏa‘
         you will know 
    
 
        
            כִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD . 
    
 
        
            הִנֵּ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     Behold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         Behold , 
    
 
        
            בַּמַּטֶּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמַּטֶּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·maṭ·ṭeh
                
                
                     with the staff 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·maṭ·ṭeh
         with the staff 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּיָדִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָדִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yā·ḏî
                
                
                     in my hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yā·ḏî
         in my hand 
    
 
        
            אָנֹכִ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָנֹכִ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·nō·ḵî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        595 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·nō·ḵî
         I 
    
 
        
            מַכֶּ֣ה׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַכֶּ֣ה׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mak·keh
                
                
                     will strike 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mak·keh
         will strike 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֛יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֛יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     the water 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         the water 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            בַּיְאֹ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיְאֹ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·’ōr
                
                
                     of the Nile , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·’ōr
         of the Nile , 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְנֶהֶפְכ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנֶהֶפְכ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ne·hep̄·ḵū
                
                
                     and it will turn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2015 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn, overthrow, overturn <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to overturn, overthrow <BR> 1a2) to turn, turn about, turn over, turn around <BR> 1a3) to change, transform <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to turn oneself, turn, turn back <BR> 1b2) to change oneself <BR> 1b3) to be perverse <BR> 1b4) to be turned, be turned over, be changed, be turned against <BR> 1b5) to be reversed <BR> 1b6) to be overturned, be overthrown <BR> 1b7) to be upturned <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to transform oneself <BR> 1c2) to turn this way and that, turn every way <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to turn on someone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ne·hep̄·ḵū
         and it will turn 
    
 
        
            לְדָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏām
                
                
                     to blood . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏām
         to blood . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The fish in the Nile will die, the river will stink, and the Egyptians will be unable to drink its water.’”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהַדָּגָ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַדָּגָ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·had·dā·ḡāh
                
                
                     The fish 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1710 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fish 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·had·dā·ḡāh
         The fish 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            בַּיְאֹ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיְאֹ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·’ōr
                
                
                     in the Nile 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·’ōr
         in the Nile 
    
 
        
            תָּמ֖וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָּמ֖וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tā·mūṯ
                
                
                     will die , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to die, kill, have one executed <BR> 1a)(Qal) <BR> 1a1) to die <BR> 1a2) to die (as penalty), be put to death <BR> 1a3) to die, perish (of a nation) <BR> 1a4) to die prematurely (by neglect of wise moral conduct) <BR> 1b) (Polel) to kill, put to death, dispatch <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to kill, put to death <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be killed, be put to death <BR> 1d1a) to die prematurely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tā·mūṯ
         will die , 
    
 
        
            הַיְאֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְאֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·’ōr
                
                
                     the river 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·’ōr
         the river 
    
 
        
            וּבָאַ֣שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָאַ֣שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·’aš
                
                
                     will stink , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        887 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to have a bad smell, stink, smell bad <BR> 1a) (Qal) to stink, smell bad <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to become odious <BR> 1b2) to make oneself odious <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stink, emit a stinking odour <BR> 1c2) to cause to stink <BR> 1c3) of wickedness (fig.) <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to make oneself odious <BR> 2) (TWOT) to abhor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·’aš
         will stink , 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     and the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         and the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            וְנִלְא֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִלְא֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nil·’ū
                
                
                     will be unable 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3811 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be weary, be impatient, be grieved, be offended <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be weary, be impatient <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be tired of something, weary oneself <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to weary, make weary, exhaust 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nil·’ū
         will be unable 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁתּ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁתּ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·tō·wṯ
                
                
                     to drink 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8354 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to drink <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to drink <BR> 1a1a) of drinking cup of God's wrath, of slaughter, of wicked deeds (fig) <BR> 1a2) to feast <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be drunk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·tō·wṯ
         to drink 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            הַיְאֹֽר׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְאֹֽר׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·’ōr
                
                
                     its 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·’ōr
         its 
    
 
        
            מַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·yim
                
                
                     water . ’” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·yim
         water . ’” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the LORD said to Moses, “Tell Aaron, ‘Take your staff and stretch out your hand over the waters of Egypt—over their rivers and canals and ponds and all the reservoirs—that they may become blood.’ There will be blood throughout the land of Egypt, even in the vessels of wood and stone.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָ֤יָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָ֤יָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     There will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         There will be 
    
 
        
            דָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏām
                
                
                     blood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏām
         blood 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     throughout 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         throughout 
    
 
        
            אֶ֣רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֣רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt , 
    
 
        
            וּבָעֵצִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָעֵצִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·‘ê·ṣîm
                
                
                     even in the vessels of wood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·‘ê·ṣîm
         even in the vessels of wood 
    
 
        
            וּבָאֲבָנִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָאֲבָנִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
                
                
                     and stone . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·’ă·ḇā·nîm
         and stone . ” 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     And the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         And the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses , 
    
 
        
            אֱמֹ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱמֹ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·mōr
                
                
                     “ Tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·mōr
         “ Tell 
    
 
        
            אֶֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹ֡ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹ֡ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     Aaron , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         Aaron , 
    
 
        
            קַ֣ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַ֣ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qaḥ
                
                
                     ‘ Take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qaḥ
         ‘ Take 
    
 
        
            מַטְּךָ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטְּךָ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭə·ḵā
                
                
                     your staff 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭə·ḵā
         your staff 
    
 
        
            וּנְטֵֽה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְטֵֽה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ṭêh-
                
                
                     and stretch out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ṭêh-
         and stretch out 
    
 
        
            יָדְךָ֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדְךָ֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏə·ḵā
                
                
                     your hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏə·ḵā
         your hand 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            מֵימֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵימֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·mê
                
                
                     the waters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·mê
         the waters 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֜יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֜יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt — 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         over 
    
 
        
            נַהֲרֹתָ֣ם׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַהֲרֹתָ֣ם׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·hă·rō·ṯām
                
                
                     their rivers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5104 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stream, river <BR> 1a) stream, river <BR> 1b) (underground) streams 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·hă·rō·ṯām
         their rivers 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְאֹרֵיהֶ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְאֹרֵיהֶ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·’ō·rê·hem
                
                
                     [and] canals 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·’ō·rê·hem
         [and] canals 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אַגְמֵיהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַגְמֵיהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḡ·mê·hem
                
                
                     and ponds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        98 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pool, troubled pool <BR> 1a) troubled or muddy (gloomy) pools, marshes <BR> 1b) any pool, pond<BR> 1c) swamp reeds, reeds, rush(es) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḡ·mê·hem
         and ponds 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al
         and 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            מֵימֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵימֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·mê·hem
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·mê·hem
         vvv 
    
 
        
            מִקְוֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְוֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·wêh
                
                
                     reservoirs — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4723 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) hope <BR> 1a) hope <BR> 1b) ground of hope <BR> 1c) things hoped for, outcome <BR> 2) collection, collected mass <BR> n pr m <BR> 3) (CLBL) Kue, a place in Cilicia from which Solomon imported horses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·wêh
         reservoirs — 
    
 
        
            וְיִֽהְיוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִֽהְיוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yih·yū-
                
                
                     that they may become 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yih·yū-
         that they may become 
    
 
        
            דָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏām
                
                
                     blood . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏām
         blood . ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Moses and Aaron did just as the LORD had commanded; in the presence of Pharaoh and his officials, Aaron raised the staff and struck the water of the Nile, and all the water was turned to blood.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            וְאַהֲרֹ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַהֲרֹ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     and Aaron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’a·hă·rōn
         and Aaron 
    
 
        
            וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·śū-
                
                
                     did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·śū-
         did 
    
 
        
            כֵן֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵן֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wāh
                
                
                     had commanded ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wāh
         had commanded ; 
    
 
        
            לְעֵינֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֵינֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ê·nê
                
                
                     in the presence 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - cdc 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ê·nê
         in the presence 
    
 
        
            פַרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·‘ōh
                
                
                     of Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·‘ōh
         of Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            וּלְעֵינֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְעֵינֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·‘ê·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - cdc 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·‘ê·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֲבָדָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבָדָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇā·ḏāw
                
                
                     and his officials , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇā·ḏāw
         and his officials , 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֤רֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֤רֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·rem
                
                
                     [Aaron] raised 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, rise up, be high, be lofty, be exalted <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be high, be set on high <BR> 1a2) to be raised, be uplifted, be exalted <BR> 1a3) to be lifted, rise <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to raise or rear (children), cause to grow up <BR> 1b2) to lift up, raise, exalt <BR> 1b3) to exalt, extol <BR> 1c) (Polal) to be lifted up <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to raise, lift, lift up, take up, set up, erect, exalt, set on high <BR> 1d2) to lift up (and take away), remove <BR> 1d3) to lift off and present, contribute, offer, contribute <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be taken off, be abolished <BR> 1f) (Hithpolel) to exalt oneself, magnify oneself <BR> 2) (Qal) to be rotten, be wormy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·rem
         [Aaron] raised 
    
 
        
            בַּמַּטֶּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמַּטֶּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·maṭ·ṭeh
                
                
                     the staff 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·maṭ·ṭeh
         the staff 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaḵ
                
                
                     and struck 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaḵ
         and struck 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     the water 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         the water 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            בַּיְאֹ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיְאֹ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·’ōr
                
                
                     of the Nile , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·’ōr
         of the Nile , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         and all 
    
 
        
            הַמַּ֥יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּ֥יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·yim
                
                
                     the water 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·yim
         the water 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            בַּיְאֹ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיְאֹ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·’ōr
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·’ōr
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּהָֽפְכ֛וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּהָֽפְכ֛וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·hā·p̄ə·ḵū
                
                
                     was turned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2015 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn, overthrow, overturn <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to overturn, overthrow <BR> 1a2) to turn, turn about, turn over, turn around <BR> 1a3) to change, transform <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to turn oneself, turn, turn back <BR> 1b2) to change oneself <BR> 1b3) to be perverse <BR> 1b4) to be turned, be turned over, be changed, be turned against <BR> 1b5) to be reversed <BR> 1b6) to be overturned, be overthrown <BR> 1b7) to be upturned <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to transform oneself <BR> 1c2) to turn this way and that, turn every way <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to turn on someone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·hā·p̄ə·ḵū
         was turned 
    
 
        
            לְדָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏām
                
                
                     to blood . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏām
         to blood . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The fish in the Nile died, and the river smelled so bad that the Egyptians could not drink its water. And there was blood throughout the land of Egypt.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהַדָּגָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַדָּגָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·had·dā·ḡāh
                
                
                     The fish 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1710 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fish 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·had·dā·ḡāh
         The fish 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            בַּיְאֹ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיְאֹ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·’ōr
                
                
                     in the Nile 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·’ōr
         in the Nile 
    
 
        
            מֵ֙תָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵ֙תָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·ṯāh
                
                
                     died , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to die, kill, have one executed <BR> 1a)(Qal) <BR> 1a1) to die <BR> 1a2) to die (as penalty), be put to death <BR> 1a3) to die, perish (of a nation) <BR> 1a4) to die prematurely (by neglect of wise moral conduct) <BR> 1b) (Polel) to kill, put to death, dispatch <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to kill, put to death <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be killed, be put to death <BR> 1d1a) to die prematurely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·ṯāh
         died , 
    
 
        
            הַיְאֹ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְאֹ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·’ōr
                
                
                     and the river 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·’ōr
         and the river 
    
 
        
            וַיִּבְאַ֣שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּבְאַ֣שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiḇ·’aš
                
                
                     smelled so bad 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        887 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to have a bad smell, stink, smell bad <BR> 1a) (Qal) to stink, smell bad <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to become odious <BR> 1b2) to make oneself odious <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stink, emit a stinking odour <BR> 1c2) to cause to stink <BR> 1c3) of wickedness (fig.) <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to make oneself odious <BR> 2) (TWOT) to abhor 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiḇ·’aš
         smelled so bad 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     that the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         that the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            יָכְל֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָכְל֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḵə·lū
                
                
                     could 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prevail, overcome, endure, have power, be able <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be able, be able to gain or accomplish, be able to endure, be able to reach <BR> 1a2) to prevail, prevail over or against, overcome, be victor <BR> 1a3) to have ability, have strength 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḵə·lū
         could 
    
 
        
            וְלֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         not 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁתּ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁתּ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·tō·wṯ
                
                
                     drink 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8354 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to drink <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to drink <BR> 1a1a) of drinking cup of God's wrath, of slaughter, of wicked deeds (fig) <BR> 1a2) to feast <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be drunk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·tō·wṯ
         drink 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            הַיְאֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְאֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·’ōr
                
                
                     its 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·’ōr
         its 
    
 
        
            מַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·yim
                
                
                     water . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·yim
         water . 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     And there was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         And there was 
    
 
        
            הַדָּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dām
                
                
                     blood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1818 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) blood <BR> 1a) of wine (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dām
         blood 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     throughout 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         throughout 
    
 
        
            אֶ֥רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֥רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         of Egypt . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But the magicians of Egypt did the same things by their magic arts. So Pharaoh’s heart was hardened, and he would not listen to Moses and Aaron, just as the LORD had said.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥar·ṭum·mê
                
                
                     But the magicians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2748 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) diviner, magician, astrologer <BR> 1a) engraver, writer (only in derivative sense of one possessed of occult knowledge) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥar·ṭum·mê
         But the magicians 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·śū-
                
                
                     did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·śū-
         did 
    
 
        
            כֵ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     the same things 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         the same things 
    
 
        
            בְּלָטֵיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּלָטֵיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·lā·ṭê·hem
                
                
                     by their magic arts . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3909 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secrecy, mystery, enchantment <BR> 1a) secrecy, secretly<BR> 1b) mystery, enchantment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·lā·ṭê·hem
         by their magic arts . 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     So Pharaoh’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         So Pharaoh’s 
    
 
        
            לֵב־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵב־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḇ-
                
                
                     heart 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḇ-
         heart 
    
 
        
            וַיֶּחֱזַ֤ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֶּחֱזַ֤ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ye·ḥĕ·zaq
                
                
                     was hardened , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2388 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strengthen, prevail, harden, be strong, become strong, be courageous, be firm, grow firm, be resolute, be sore <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be strong, grow strong <BR> 1a1a) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1a1b) to be firm, be caught fast, be secure <BR> 1a1c) to press, be urgent <BR> 1a1d) to grow stout, grow rigid, grow hard (bad sense) <BR> 1a1e) to be severe, be grievous <BR> 1a2) to strengthen <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make strong <BR> 1b2) to restore to strength, give strength <BR> 1b3) to strengthen, sustain, encourage <BR> 1b4) to make strong, make bold, encourage <BR> 1b5) to make firm <BR> 1b6) to make rigid, make hard <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, strengthen <BR> 1c2) to make firm <BR> 1c3) to display strength <BR> 1c4) to make severe <BR> 1c5) to support <BR> 1c6) to repair <BR> 1c7) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1c8) to have or take or keep hold of, retain, hold up, sustain, support <BR> 1c9) to hold, contain <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to strengthen oneself <BR> 1d2) to put forth strength, use one's strength <BR> 1d3) to withstand <BR> 1d4) to hold strongly with 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ye·ḥĕ·zaq
         was hardened , 
    
 
        
            וְלֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     and he would not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         and he would not 
    
 
        
            שָׁמַ֣ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁמַ֣ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·ma‘
                
                
                     listen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8085 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to hear, listen to, obey <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to hear (perceive by ear) <BR> 1a2) to hear of or concerning <BR> 1a3) to hear (have power to hear) <BR> 1a4) to hear with attention or interest, listen to <BR> 1a5) to understand (language) <BR> 1a6) to hear (of judicial cases) <BR> 1a7) to listen, give heed <BR> 1a7a) to consent, agree <BR> 1a7b) to grant request <BR> 1a8) to listen to, yield to <BR> 1a9) to obey, be obedient <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be heard (of voice or sound) <BR> 1b2) to be heard of <BR> 1b3) to be regarded, be obeyed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to hear, call to hear, summon <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to hear, tell, proclaim, utter a sound <BR> 1d2) to sound aloud (musical term) <BR> 1d3) to make proclamation, summon <BR> 1d4) to cause to be heard <BR> n m <BR> 2) sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·ma‘
         listen 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     to [Moses and Aaron] , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         to [Moses and Aaron] , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            דִּבֶּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבֶּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·ber
                
                
                     had said . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·ber
         had said . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Instead, Pharaoh turned around, went into his palace, and did not take any of this to heart.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     Instead, Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         Instead, Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            וַיִּ֣פֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּ֣פֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yi·p̄en
                
                
                     turned around , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn toward or from or away <BR> 1a2) to turn and do <BR> 1a3) to turn, decline (of day) <BR> 1a4) to turn toward, approach (of evening) <BR> 1a5) to turn and look, look, look back or at or after or for <BR> 1b) (Piel) to turn away, put out of the way, make clear, clear away <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to turn <BR> 1c2) to make a turn, show signs of turning, turn back <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be turned back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yi·p̄en
         turned around , 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō
                
                
                     went 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō
         went 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         into 
    
 
        
            בֵּית֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּית֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ṯōw
                
                
                     his palace , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ṯōw
         his palace , 
    
 
        
            וְלֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     and did not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         and did not 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šāṯ
                
                
                     take 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put, lay (hand upon) <BR> 1a2) to set, station, appoint, fix, set mind to <BR> 1a3) to constitute, make (one something), make like, perform <BR> 1a4) to take one's stand <BR> 1a5) to lay waste <BR> 1b) (Hophal) to be imposed, be set upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šāṯ
         take 
    
 
        
            גַּם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gam-
                
                
                     any 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) also, even, indeed, moreover, yea <BR> 1a) also, moreover (giving emphasis) <BR> 1b) neither, neither...nor (with negative) <BR> 1c) even (for stress) <BR> 1d) indeed, yea (introducing climax) <BR> 1e) also (of correspondence or retribution) <BR> 1f) but, yet, though (adversative) <BR> 1g) even, yea, yea though (with 'when' in hypothetical case) <BR> 2) (TWOT) again, alike 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gam-
         any 
    
 
        
            לָזֹֽאת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָזֹֽאת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·zōṯ
                
                
                     of this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·zōṯ
         of this 
    
 
        
            לִבּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lib·bōw
                
                
                     to heart . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lib·bōw
         to heart . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So all the Egyptians dug around the Nile for water to drink, because they could not drink the water from the river.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     So all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         So all 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֛יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֛יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     the Egyptians 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egyptian = see Egypte |double straits|<BR> 1) Egyptian-an inhabitant or citizen of Egypt <BR> 1a) an Egyptian <BR> 1b) the Egyptian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         the Egyptians 
    
 
        
            וַיַּחְפְּר֧וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּחְפְּר֧וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaḥ·pə·rū
                
                
                     dug 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2658 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dig, search for <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to dig <BR> 1a2) to search, search out, explore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaḥ·pə·rū
         dug 
    
 
        
            סְבִיבֹ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סְבִיבֹ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sə·ḇî·ḇōṯ
                
                
                     around 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sə·ḇî·ḇōṯ
         around 
    
 
        
            הַיְאֹ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְאֹ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·’ōr
                
                
                     the Nile 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·’ōr
         the Nile 
    
 
        
            מַ֣יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַ֣יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·yim
                
                
                     for water 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·yim
         for water 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁתּ֑וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁתּ֑וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·tō·wṯ
                
                
                     to drink , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8354 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to drink <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to drink <BR> 1a1a) of drinking cup of God's wrath, of slaughter, of wicked deeds (fig) <BR> 1a2) to feast <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be drunk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·tō·wṯ
         to drink , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         because 
    
 
        
            יָֽכְלוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָֽכְלוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḵə·lū
                
                
                     they could 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prevail, overcome, endure, have power, be able <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be able, be able to gain or accomplish, be able to endure, be able to reach <BR> 1a2) to prevail, prevail over or against, overcome, be victor <BR> 1a3) to have ability, have strength 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḵə·lū
         they could 
    
 
        
            לֹ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         not 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁתֹּ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁתֹּ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·tōṯ
                
                
                     drink 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8354 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to drink <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to drink <BR> 1a1a) of drinking cup of God's wrath, of slaughter, of wicked deeds (fig) <BR> 1a2) to feast <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be drunk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·tōṯ
         drink 
    
 
        
            מִמֵּימֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֵּימֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·mê·mê
                
                
                     the water 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4325 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) water, waters <BR> 1a) water <BR> 1b) water of the feet, urine <BR> 1c) of danger, violence, transitory things, refreshment (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·mê·mê
         the water 
    
 
        
            הַיְאֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְאֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·’ōr
                
                
                     from the river . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·’ōr
         from the river . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And seven full days passed after the LORD had struck the Nile.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שִׁבְעַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְעַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·‘aṯ
                
                
                     And seven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven (cardinal number) <BR> 1a) as ordinal number <BR> 1b) in combination-17, 700 etc 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·‘aṯ
         And seven 
    
 
        
            יָמִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָמִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·mîm
                
                
                     full days 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·mîm
         full days 
    
 
        
            וַיִּמָּלֵ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּמָּלֵ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yim·mā·lê
                
                
                     passed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yim·mā·lê
         passed 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê
                
                
                     after 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê
         after 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַכּוֹת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכּוֹת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·wṯ-
                
                
                     had struck 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·wṯ-
         had struck 
    
 
        
            הַיְאֹֽר׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיְאֹֽר׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·’ōr
                
                
                     the Nile . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) river, stream, canal, Nile, Nile-canal <BR> 1a) stream, river (Nile) <BR> 1b) Nile-arms, Nile-canals <BR> 1c) watercourses<BR> 1d) shafts (mining) <BR> 1e) river (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·’ōr
         the Nile .